Feedback


7038-6M2 IBM eServer pSeries 650 Server Model 6M2

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  April 12, 2011.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product Life Cycle Dates TOC Link Technical Description
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange
TOC Link Description TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Product Positioning TOC Link Machine Elements
TOC Link Model TOC Link Supplies

 
Product Life Cycle Dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
7038-6M2 2002/11/122002/12/06 2005/06/21 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM eServer pSeries and IBM RS/6000 product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and Web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model Abstract 7038-6M2

The 7038 IBM eServer pSeries 650 Model 6M2 is a mid-range member of the 64-bit family of symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) enterprise servers from IBM. Positioned between the pSeries 630 and the powerful pSeries 670, the p650 delivers the power, capacity, and expandability required for e-business mission-critical computing.

The p650 can help you manage the evolution of your business to incorporate the power of the Web and 64-bit computing, supporting existing 32-bit applications.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

See Model Highlights.

Model Highlights 7038-6M2

The Model 6M2 delivers a cost-efficient growth path to the future with:

  • 64-bit system scalability in 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-way configurations with the following processor options:
    • 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ with 8 MB shared L3 cache per processor card
    • 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ with 32 MB shared L3 cache per processor card

  • Expandability and reliability:
    • System memory expandable from 2 GB to 64 GB
    • Rack-mounted drawer utilizes 8U (EIA Units)
    • Supports up to eight 7311-D10 or 7311-D20 I/O drawers per server
    • Each I/O drawer supports either 6 (for D10) or 7 (for D20) hot-plug PCI bus slots

  • Capacity Upgrade on Demand for processors and memory

  • Logical partitioning (dynamic LPAR with AIX 5.2; static LPAR with AIX 5.1)

  • Support for SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel attached storage systems

  • Support for 32-bit and 64-bit applications

  • AIX V5.1 or V5.2 license included

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

The pSeries 650 Model 6M2 system package contains:

  • A single 8U rack drawer with up to eight processors on four processors cards
  • Up to four disk drives with up to 587.2 GB total storage
  • Seven hot-plug PCI-X slots

Up to eight 7311-D10 or 7311-D20 I/O drawers can be added to give you up to a total of 63 PCI slots. Additional system storage can be added via remotely attached SCSI, SSA, or Fibre Channel storage subsystems.

A fully configured p650 system includes:

  • Four 2-way, 1.45 GHz SMP cards with 32 MB L3 cache per processor card
  • 64 GB of system memory
  • Four Ultra3 SCSI disk drives, providing 587.2 GB of storage
  • Seven hot-plug, blind-swap PCI-X adapters
  • Two auto-docking media (DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, CD-ROM, or tape drives)

The p650 is designed for use in an IBM 7014 Model T00 or T42 rack. Additional space in the 7014 rack may be utilized for various storage and communications subsystems.

IBM anticipates that one or more Linux distributors will support 64-bit Linux in the first half of 2003. For more information about Linux running on IBM eServer pSeries systems, visit:

http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux

Linux for pSeries is available directly from the Linux distributors.

pSeries 650 Model 6M2

The p650 Model 6M2 delivers outstanding performance and supports the evolution of your enterprise to Web integration and 64-bit computing. Benefits include:

  • Excellent commercial performance in 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-way enterprise servers using the POWER4+ microprocessor technology.

  • Excellent reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) features:
    • Error checking and correcting (ECC) system memory and cache
    • I/O link failure recovery
    • Environmental sensing
    • N+1 Power
    • N+1 Cooling units
    • Service processor for integrated system monitoring
    • Concurrent diagnostics

  • Preconfigured tailored solutions take advantage of the rack packaging to custom tailor your solution. Choose from multiple SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel attached:
    • Storage
    • Media
    • Communication

  • Open industry standards, such as Open Firmware based on IEEE P1275 standard.

  • Processor and memory growth. The minimum configuration 2-way processor can be increased to a 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way SMP. Memory can be expanded up to 64 GB in 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB increments.

  • Seven industry-standard, hot-plug PCI-X slots can be expanded up to 63 total slots when attached to eight 7311-D20 I/O drawers. These hot- plug slots allow most PCI adapters to be removed, added, or replaced without powering down the system. This function enhances system availability and serviceability.

  • System power supplies support the full 8-way SMP systems with 64 GB of memory. Redundant power supplies are incorporated in the Model 6M2 minimum configuration.

  • Industry recognized AIX operating system license with each system. New performance enhancements and a Workload Management feature are included with the latest release.

  • Internal I/O system scalability and expandability that supports:
    • Up to eight 7311-D10 or D20 I/O drawers with up to 56 additional PCI slots
    • Two media bays for CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and tape devices

  • Model 6M2 system features:
    • System support (service) processor
    • CD-ROM, DVD-RAM, or DVD-ROM drive
    • Diskette drive
    • One additional media bay
    • Two integrated SCSI controllers (Ultra3)
    • An Ethernet 10/100 controller
    • Four serial ports
    • Keyboard and mouse ports
    • Two Hardware Management Console ports
    • One Rack Status Beacon port

    These are system standards available without using expansion slots

  • Powerful, industry-standard, PCI subsystem supporting 32-bit and 64-bit adapters.

  • Shared L3 cache of 32 MB per card with 1.45 GHz processors, or 8 MB per card with 1.2 GHz processors.

  • A high-performance shared L2 cache of 1.5 MB per processor card.

  • RAID support available for SCSI and SSA. The operating system provides RAID 0 and 1. The optional SCSI and SSA RAID adapters provide RAID level 0, 1, and 5.

RAS Features and Functions

Excellent quality and reliability are inherent in all pSeries products. The measures taken help the products to perform reliably, efficiently handle infrequent failures in a nondisruptive fashion, and provide timely and competent repair so you can resume operations with minimal inconvenience.

Reliability begins with the development of architectures, where RAS innovations are of paramount importance. It flows through design and product development stages, where RAS designs are reviewed, assessed, developed, evaluated, and optimized. It continues through the manufacturing and release processes, where the manufacturing quality is extensively measured and evaluated. It culminates in service and support, where:

  • Reliability is consistently monitored for deviation from the criteria
  • Warranty and maintenance have high priority
  • Significant customer problems are assigned to and addressed by an expert team

pSeries system processes, from the architectural and concept phases of development through productive service and support, are ISO certified and audited periodically for ISO compliance by representatives of Underwriters Laboratories.

Reliability -- Fault Avoidance

Major effort has been spent on the development of the pSeries 650 Model 6M2 system to analyze single points-of-failure within the Central Electronic Complex (CEC) (comprised of the processors, memory, and the I/O interface) and to either eliminate them or to provide hardening capabilities to significantly reduce the probability of failure. The best way to harden a system is to prevent errors from occurring. Components within the CEC were selected to provide "server" levels of reliability. These components provide the highest levels of reliability available within IBM and undergo additional stress testing and screening. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems again undergo a thorough testing process to increase the product quality level.

Extensive error detecting and checking circuitry that is designed to recognize and correct automatically or properly report infrequent component failures for isolation and repair to preserve the integrity of data stored and transported in the system. Hardware and software failures are recorded in the AIX log facility and analyzed by error log analysis (ELA) routines to compile information to the system administrator on the causes of system problems. This also enables IBM service representatives to bring along needed replacement hardware components when a service call is placed to shorten system repair time.

DASD predictive failure analysis enables you to detect an imminent disk failure and report the findings through the AIX log. The disk can be replaced immediately or at a later scheduled time, depending on the configuration of the DASD subsystem. With the RAID controller and the DASD hot-plug design, normal operation can continue in the presence of a failed disk and a concurrent repair can often be performed while the application continues uninterrupted.

Availability -- Backup and Replication

The Model 6M2 brings new levels of availability features and functions to the mid-range server. The N+1 power subsystem provides redundancy in case of power supply failure. Hot-plugged power supplies in the 6M2 and attached 7311-D10 I/O drawers allow concurrent repair. Optional uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems are supported for this system.

The cooling subsystems of the Model 6M2 have N+1 fans, which can be replaced concurrently.

The redundant power system of the Model 6M2 is implemented with independent line cords for each power supply in the server and attached 7311-D10 I/O drawers.

Constant power monitoring hardware assists in detection of early loss of source power and notifies the operating system to effect an orderly shutdown. This same power monitoring hardware is designed to detect the loss of redundant power supplies, regulators, fans, and blowers and reports them to the operating system for logging in the system error log and for notification for deferred maintenance.

The enhanced service processor of the Model 6M2 is functional in standby mode and does not require a functional system for operation. RAS is enhanced by not requiring AIX to be operational for interfacing with a remote system administrator or Electronic Service Agent.

The Model 6M2 uses AIX online (concurrent) diagnostics with error log analysis and service aids, which allow administrators or IBM service representatives to diagnose many potential system malfunctions without interrupting end-user operation.

Auto-restart options, when enabled, can reboot the system automatically following:

  • Unrecoverable software error
  • Software hang
  • Hardware failure
  • Environmentally-induced ac power failure

These standard, high-availability features coupled with the optional high-availability cluster multiprocessing (HACMP) program deliver unmatched availability.

Serviceability -- Correcting Faults

The Model 6M2 can be installed and maintained by a trained service representative. Functions such as power-on and power-off, reading the service processor error logs and POST error logs, reading vital product data (VPD), and accessing NVRAM can be performed remotely. You can also enable console mirroring to monitor remote activity. Flash updates for firmware can be performed on the system. Firmware updates are available from a pSeries support page on the Internet and can be downloaded and installed on the system.

Electronic Service Agent

Electronic Service Agent capability is shipped with every pSeries 650 Model 6M2 system. There is no additional charge for its use as long as your pSeries processor is covered by an IBM Warranty or IBM Maintenance Service Agreement. Electronic Service Agent requires a modem to dial for service.

The Electronic Service Agent:

  • Monitors and analyzes system errors, and if needed, can place a service call to IBM automatically

  • Reduces the effect of business disruptions due to unplanned system outages and failures

  • Performs problem analysis on a subset of hardware-related problems and, with customer authorization, reports automatically the results to IBM Service

Service Support

Hardware service requests go to IBM's remote support center for initial problem diagnosis. This approach gives you direct access to skilled specialists. These specialists can either solve the problem over the phone or help get it resolved as quickly as possible. They are backed up by a highly trained product engineering team to assist in problem identification and resolution.
Back to topBack to top
 

Product Positioning

The IBM eServer pSeries 650 Model 6M2 consists of a single rack- mounted drawer containing the processors, memory, disk drives, and hot- plug I/O slots. The p650 server and optional attached 7311-D10 or D20 I/O drawers implement redundant power and redundant cooling.

The introduction of hot-plug, blind-swap PCI-X I/O slots brings new and increased levels of availability and ease of management for this system. The need to power down and reboot when adding or replacing most PCI adapters is eliminated, reducing time delays while keeping network and application processing up and running. And with the blind-swap feature, PCI-X adapters in the system unit or I/O expansion drawers can be added or replaced with the drawers positioned in the rack. This eliminates the need to pull the drawers out into a maintenance position and reduces maintenance time, eases system maintenance, and improves overall application availability.

The p650 system can accommodate one, two, three, or four 2-way processor cards to create configurations of 2, 4, 6, or 8 processors as required, offering outstanding scalability as your business needs dictate.

The p650 is intended for key commercial processing segments such as e-business, ERP, SCM, and Business Intelligence. The p650 is ideally suited for many core business applications in the global small and medium business sector, retail banking and finance, distribution, industrial and manufacturing, business processing, infrastructure, and decision support marketing sectors. In each sector, the Model 6M2 can meet critical requirements. For example:

  • For ERP applications in the business processing sector, the p650 is an excellent application server or combined database/application server with its powerful processors, memory capacity, and optional I/O expansion capability.

  • In e-business environments, the p650 can serve as a fast and highly reliable business-to-business Web server, going to other systems for business data or hosting the data storage itself.

The p650 rack-mounted drawer configuration offers flexibility regarding the number of server and I/O drawers that can be mounted in the rack, providing more compute and I/O power per square foot of valuable floor space. The p650 requires 8U (EIA Units) of rack space and up to eight 7311-D10 I/O drawers can be attached, requiring 4U of rack space for each pair of I/O drawers. A minimum p650 configuration requires only 8U of rack space, while a system configured with eight 7311-D10 drawers fits into a 24U space. (The maximum configuration, which consists of one p650 drawer and eight 7311-D20 I/O drawers, requires 40U of rack space and provides 63 available hot-plug, PCI-X slots with up to eight processors and 64 GB of memory.) Depending on the number of I/O drawers attached, up to four p650 systems can be installed in a 7014-T00 rack with room remaining to install external data storage drawers.

Other reliability improvements help to make the p650 very competitive. Its CPU de-allocation function enables the system to detect failing processors and take them offline without rebooting the system. The service processor can record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition . Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair actions to be scheduled at a time convenient to your processing schedule while maintaining system availability. Hot-plug, blind-swap functionality of the PCI-X I/O subsystem brings new levels of up-time to your system for the replacement or addition of I/O adapters. The design of these functions shows a concern for the usability, convenience, and safety for the customer who performs this task. Selective disablement of an adapter can be made as necessary while system operations not dependent on this adapter continue to run without being affected. AIX assists the user with guidance through the process, helping to ensure success.

High availability continues to be an ongoing and growing need for customers. The high-availability configurations combined with ClusterProven software give you a superior base for your high availability requirements.

The p650 performs its role as the mid-range, rack-based platform of the pSeries family of SMP servers by complementing the pSeries 670 server offering and the entry rack-based pSeries 630 systems.
Back to topBack to top
 

Model

Model Summary Matrix

                                                             Optical
 Model                                  Hard      Slot       Storage
 Number   Processor   Speed    Memory   Drive     Maximum    Device
 ------   ----------  -------- ------   --------  -------    -------
  6M2     2-, 4-, 6-  1.2 GHz   2 GB    36.4 GB   7 PCI-X    CD-ROM,
          8-way         or        to      to                 DVD-RAM,
                      1.45 GHz  64 GB   587.2 GB             DVD-ROM
 

Note: Each processor can be configured in 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-way systems.

Customer Setup (CSU)

No.

Devices Supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 7038.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |6|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |M|
          |2|
   MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
 ---------|-|-----------------------------------------
 ---------+-+--------SWITCH---------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2031-016 |X| McDATA Model 016 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-216 |X| McData ES-3216 Fabric Switch
 2031-224 |X| McData IBM 2031 Model 224 Fabric Switch
 2031-232 |X| McData ES-3232 Fabric Switch
 2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
 2032-001 |X| McDATA ED-5000 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch
 2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
 2032-140 |X| 2032 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel
          | |      Director Model 140
 2042-001 |X| Inrange FC/9000 64-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-128 |X| Inrange FC/9000 128-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-256 |X| INRANGE FC/9000-256 FC Director
 2109-F16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M16
 2109-F32 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32
 2109-M12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12
 2109-S08 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08
 2109-S16 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16
 3534-F08 |X| IBM TotalStorage Storage Area Network (SAN) Model F08
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISK-----------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2101-100 |X| Seascape Solutions Rack
 2104-DL1 |X| IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model DL1
 2104-DU3 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model DU3
 2104-TL1 |X| IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model TL1
 2104-TU3 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model TU3
 2105-800 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server Model 800
 2105-E10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E10
 2105-E20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E20
 2105-F10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10
 2105-F20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20
 3542-2RU |X| IBM FAStT200 Storage Server Model 2RU
 3542-2RX |X| IBM FAStT200 Storage Server Model 2RU (EMEA)
 3552-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT500 Storage Server
 3552-1RX |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT500 Storage Server (EMEA)
 3560-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit
 3560-1RX |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit
          | |      (EMEA)
 7133-010 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 010
 7133-020 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 020
 7133-500 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 500
 7133-600 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 600
 7133-D40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model D40
 7133-T40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model T40
 7204-409 |X| IBM  9.1 GB External Disk Drive Model 409
 7204-418 |X| IBM 7204-418 18GB DE External Disk Drive
 7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
 7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 18 GB External Disk Drive
 7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36 GB External Disk Drive
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISPLAYS-------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 6546-00E |X| G52 Display
 6546-00N |X| G52 Display
 6546-01E |X| G52 Display
 6546-01S |X| G52 Display
 6546-0AE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BS |X| G54 Display
 6546-21N |X| G52 Display
 6546-2BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-31N |X| G52 Display
 6546-4AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-6BN |X| G54 Display
 7315-C01 |X| IBM 7315 Model C01 Hardware Management Console
 7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
 7316-TF2 |X| IBM 7316-TF2 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
          | |
----------+-+------------OPTICAL----------
- - - - - |-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032
 3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080
 3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174
 
 ---------+-+--------STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES----------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 1740-1RU |X| TotalStorage FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit
 1742-1RU |X| TotalStorage FAStT700 Storage Server
          | |
 ---------+-+--------SCSI DEVICES---------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3995-063 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (2 Drives)
 3995-163 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (4 Drives)
 3995-A63 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (1 Drive)
 3995-C60 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C62 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C64 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C66 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C68 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 7210-025 |X| 4.7GB DVDRAM Drive
 7212-102 |X| STORAGE DEVICE ENCLOSURE (SAM BASS)
          | |
 ---------+-+--------TAPE-----------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3490-F00 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00
 3490-F01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01
 3490-F11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11
 3490-F1A |X| Magnetic Tape Subsystem * 18/36 track, 3494 att, 1 drive,
          | |      2.4GB
 3490-FC0 |X| IBM Rack Model FC0
 3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
 3494-B18 |X| IBM Magstar Virtual Tape Server  Model B18
 3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
 3494-D10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D10
 3494-D12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D12
 3494-D14 |X| Tape Library Dataserver (Tape Drive Unit)
 3494-HA1 |X| IBM Magstar 3494 High Availability Unit Model HA1
 3494-L10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L10
 3494-L12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L12
 3494-L14 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L14
 3494-S10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model S10
 3570-C00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00
 3570-C01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01
 3570-C02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02
 3570-C11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11
 3570-C12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12
 3575-L06 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06
 3575-L12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12
 3575-L18 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18
 3575-L24 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24
 3575-L32 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32
 3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
 3580-H11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (HVD)
 3580-H13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Drive
 3580-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3580-L11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (LVD)
 3580-L13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Drive
 3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3581-H13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Autoloader
 3581-H17 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (HVD)
 3581-L13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Autoloader
 3581-L17 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (LVD)
 3581-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3581-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3583-L18 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L36 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L72 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3584-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model D22 Expansion Frame
 3584-D32 |X| IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library - Base Frame
 3584-D42 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D42
 3584-D52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model D52 Expansion Frame
 3584-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3584 High Availability Frame Model HA1
 3584-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model L22 Base Frame
 3584-L32 |X| IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library - Expansion
          | |      Frame
 3584-L52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model L52 Base Frame
 3590-B11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3590-B1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A
 3590-C12 |X| IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
 3590-E11 |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem
 3590-E1A |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem
 3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H11
 3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
 3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
 7205-311 |X| IBM 35 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model 311
 7205-440 |X| IBM 7205 Model 440 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape
          | |      Drive
 7206-110 |X| IBM 12GB External 4MM DDS-3 Tape Drive Model 110
 7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
 7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2 External Tape Drive
 7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
 7208-345 |X| IBM 7208 Model 345 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive
 7332-110 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-3 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 110
 7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 7334-410 |X| IBM 7334 Model 410 8MM Tape Library (MAM2 4x30)
 7337-306 |X| IBM Digital Linear Tape Library Model 306
 7337-360 |X| IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library Model 360
 9348-012 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Unit Model 012
          | |
 ---------+-+--------EXPANSION CABINETS---------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2032-C36 |X| McDATA Model 0C3 FC-512 Cabinet for McDATA Directors and
          | |      Fabric Switch
 2042-C40 |X| Inrange 40U Cabinet
 2109-C36 |X| IBM TotalStorage San Cabinet C36
 7014-S00 |X| 1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
 7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
 7015-R00 |X| 1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 7311-D10 |X| IBM 7311 Model D10 I/O Drawer
          | |
 ---------+-+--------SERVICES-------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 0463-001 |X| Software Customization (CCS)
 0463-002 |X| Center for Customized Solutions (CCS)
 

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 7038 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |6| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |M| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |2|
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|-----------------------------------------
0986    |A| CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
1820    |A| PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA
1835    |A| 3 meter 4x IB Cable
1836    |A| 8 meter 4x IB Cable
1839    |A| 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2424    |S| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2498    |S| PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
2625    |S| 4.7 GB SCSI Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
2628    |S| 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive
2629    |S| 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
2635    |S| 16X/48X(max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive
2709    |S| ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port T1 RJ-45 Cable
2710    |S| ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port E1 RJ-45 Cable
2737    |S| Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
2848    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2946    |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3146    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 1.2M
3147    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 3.5M
3148    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 10m
3158    |A| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3159    |A| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3273    |N| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3627    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3635    |S| T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black,
        | | Captured Cable
3638    |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |A| 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15
        | |      pin D-shell)
4251    |S| Backplane For Auto-Docking Media Drives
4255    |S| Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To SCSI Backplane
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4261    |S| Internal Cable, Media Backplane To Ultra3 SCSI Backplane
        | |      (4-Pack)
4262    |S| Internal Cable Assembly For Split Backplane
4264    |S| Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To Media Backplane
4265    |S| External Cable For Split Backplane
4353    |S| 100 Bus 8-position Cable
4452    |A| 2048MB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM
4453    |S| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM
4454    |A| 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM
4490    |A| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM
4597    |S| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Short
4599    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4691    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status
        | |      Beacon
4692    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
4693    |S| Rack Status Beacon Junction Box
4953    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
4957    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4960    |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
4961    |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
4963    |N| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
4964    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
5001    |S| Customer Service Specify
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5120    |S| Processor Card Backplane For 4-Way Configuration
5122    |S| 2-Way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card
5123    |S| Processor Card Backplane For 6-Way Configuration
5124    |S| Processor Card Backplane For 8-Way Configuration
5208    |S| 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card
5700    |A| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |A| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5710    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter
5711    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5723    |S| 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
6001    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6131    |N| 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive
6169    |S| IBM 80/160 GB Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive with VXA
        | |      Technology
6185    |S| 20/40 GB 4mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive
6203    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204    |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6228    |A| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6239    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
6287    |S| AC Power Supply, 1100 W
6411    |S| Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary
6412    |S| Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary
6415    |S| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary
6416    |S| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary
6578    |S| Ultra3 SCSI Backplane for Hot-swap Disks (4-pack)
6579    |S| Split SCSI Backplane For Hot-swap Disks (Split
        | |      4-pack)
6581    |S| RIO-2 Enabled System Planar
7011    |A| Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7014
7013    |A| On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor
        | |      Feature #7014
7014    |S| 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active
7052    |A| 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7057
7053    |A| 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7058
7057    |S| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active
7058    |S| 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active
7305    |A| AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
8039    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (201M)
8048    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (401M)
8049    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (801M)
8050    |S| 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration,
        | |      Factory Only
8051    |S| 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express
        | |      Configuration, Factory Only
8052    |S| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only
8053    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (200M)
8054    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (400M)
8055    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (800M)
8057    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (450M)
8058    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (650M)
8059    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (850M)
8117    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (451M)
8118    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (651M)
8119    |S| Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries
        | |      650 (851M)
8124    |A| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8136    |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8137    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8700    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
8701    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
8702    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
8703    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
8704    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
8705    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
8706    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
8707    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese,
        | |      #275
8708    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058
8710    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish,
        | |      #120
8711    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
8712    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159
8713    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8714    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German,
        | |      #150f/g
8716    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8718    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163
8719    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319
8720    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8721    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8723    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214
8725    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8726    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243
8727    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179
8729    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8730    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238
8733    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413
8734    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8735    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
8736    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thai, #191
8738    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
8739    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105
8740    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995,
        | |      #103P
8741    |S| 3-Button Mouse - Business Black
8800    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
8801    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
8802    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian,
        | |      #129
8804    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French,
        | |      #058
8810    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch,
        | |      #120
8811    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish,
        | |      #153
8812    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8818    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
8819    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
8833    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian,
        | |      #445
8836    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English
        | |      (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9004    |A| Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
9172    |A| Power Specify, AC
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9581    |S| RIO-2 Enablement Indicator, Factory Only
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9800    |A| Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
9820    |A| Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
9821    |A| Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
9825    |A| Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
9827    |A| Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
9828    |A| Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
9829    |A| Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
9830    |A| Power Cord Specify - Italy/Chile (250V, 10A and 16A)
9831    |A| Power Cord Specify - Australia/New Zealand/Argentina (250V,
        | |      10A)
9833    |A| Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
9834    |A| Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)
9901    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Belgium  Finland, France (250V,
        | |      16A)
9902    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Denmark (250V, 10A)
9903    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- U.K. and Others (250V, 13A)
9904    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Israel (250V, 6-16A)
9905    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Switzerland (250V, 10A)
9906    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- India, Pakistan, S. Africa
        | |      (250V, 16A)
9907    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
9908    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Australia/New Zealand/Argentina
        | |      (250V, 10A)
9909    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Thailand (250V, 15A)
9911    |A| Power Cord (4M) Specify -- All (Standard rack power cord)
 

Model Conversions

None.

Processor Feature Conversion -- pSeries 650 Model 6M2

Customers with installed pSeries 650 Model 6M2 systems may increase the number and speed of processors in their system up to a maximum of an 8-way SMP via feature conversions. Such conversions are accomplished by replacing the system's existing processor cards with cards containing faster processors. The existing pSeries 650 Model 6M2 processor cards being replaced are returned to IBM.

The following processor feature conversions are available to pSeries 650 Model 6M2 customers who want to install faster processors or increase the number of processors in their systems:

From     To     Description
----     ----   ---------------------------------------------------
5122     5208   POWER4+, 2-way, 1.2 GHz to POWER4+, 2-way, 1.45 GHz
8050     5208   POWER4+, 2-way, 1.2 GHz to POWER4+, 2-way, 1.45 GHz
 

Back to topBack to top
 
Technical Description
TOC Link Physical Specifications TOC Link Operating Environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware Requirements TOC Link Software Requirements


Physical Specifications

  • Width: 445 mm (17.5 in)
  • Depth: 760 mm (29.9 in)
  • Height: 351 mm (13.8 in)
  • Weight: 93 kg (205 lb) (maximum configuration)

To assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry- standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating Environment

  • Temperature: 10 to 38 degrees C (50 to 100 F)

  • Relative Humidity: 8 % to 80 %

  • Maximum Wet Bulb: 23 degrees C (73 F)

  • Noise Level:
    • Sound Power: 6.1 bels Idle/6.2 bels Operating
    • Sound Pressure: 44 dBa Idle/45 dBa Operating

Power Requirements

  • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V ac 50/60 Hz

  • Electrical output: 1,070 watts (typical); 1,600 watts (maximum)

  • Power source loading:
    • 1.126 kVA (typical configuration)
    • 1.684 kVA (maximum configuration)

  • Thermal Output:
    • 1,070 joules/sec (3,652 Btu/hr, typical configuration)
    • 1,600 joules/sec (5,461 Btu/hr, maximum configuration)

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and it shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S. - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan - VCCI-1
  • Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation - Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM pSeries model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country TELECOM and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom Regulatory authority.

Product Safety/Country Testing/Certification

  • U.S.: UL
  • Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
  • Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

General Requirements

The pSeries 650 Model 6M2 is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

Processors

  • The Model 6M2 system contains four processor slots. The available 2-way processor cards can be combined to create 2-way, 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way systems.

  • When two or more processor cards are installed, all cards must have the same processor frequency.

  • Installed systems may increase the number of processors by replacing the existing processor card with a more powerful processor or by adding an additional processor card if a processor slot is available.

  • There are eight memory DIMM positions on each processor card.

Memory

  • The 7038-6M2 must contain a minimum of 2 GB of system memory. Memory is expandable up to a maximum of 64 GB.

  • Memory is installed in groups of four DIMMs mounted on the processor cards. Each processor card has 8 DIMM slots.

  • Each processor card must have an equal amount of memory installed. Balancing memory across the installed processor cards allows memory accesses in a coordinated parallel manner and can be utilized to provide optimal performance.

  • Initial orders require identical combinations of memory on each processor card. Active and CUoD memory features are counted as equal. MES orders may use any combination of supported memory features as long as the total memory capacity (active plus CUoD) on each processor card is the same.

  • Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account to obtain optimal performance without limiting future memory expansion.

  • IBM recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may be accomplished via locally- attached or network-attached devices as appropriate.

Capacity Upgrade on Demand

  • The 2-Way, 1.45 GHz, POWER4 CUoD Processor Card (#7014) can be permanently activated with feature #7011, or temporarily activated with feature #7013.

  • Any quantity of On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activations (#7013) can be ordered and used as needed. Usage is continuously monitored and the remaining time available is reported in increments of one day. Processors can be turned off when they are not in use, to preserve the remaining time available.

  • Memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand is provided by CUoD DIMM features #7057 (4096 MB) and #7058 (8192 MB). Each consists of a set of four DIMMs, with none of the memory activated. When feature #7052 is ordered, it permanently activates all 4096 MB of memory on feature #7057. When feature #7053 is ordered, it permanently activates 4096 MB of memory on feature #7058. To fully activate all 8196 MB of memory on feature #7058, it is necessary to order a quantity of two of feature #7053.

  • Memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand features are supported only on 1.45 GHz processor cards. They can not be used with 1.2 GHz processor cards.

  • CUoD processors which have not been activated are available to the 7038-6M2 server for dynamic processor sparing when running AIX V5.2. If the server detects the impending failure of an active processor, it will attempt to activate one of the unused CUoD processors and add it to the system configuration. This helps to keep the server's processing power at full strength until a repair action can be scheduled.

  • Dynamic processor sparing is limited to systems and/or partitions which are running AIX 5.2. Systems running only AIX 5.1 provide processor sparing for a failed processor on a system IPL.

  • Capacity Upgrade on Demand for processors and/or memory is supported by AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2. AIX 5.1 is supported only when the system is configured for a single system image. Use of AIX 5.1 requires a system reboot to access activated CoD processor and/or memory resources.

  • Use of CUoD features requires attachment of a Hardware Management Console.

Power

  • Two power supplies must be ordered to provide redundancy for enhanced system availability.

Racks

  • The Model 6M2 systems CEC and I/O drawers are packaged as rack- mounted devices and are supported in the 7014-T00 and T42 racks. An existing 7014 rack can be used for Model 6M2s if sufficient space and power is available. AC-powered 6M2 systems require power distribution features #7176, #7177, #7178, #9176, #9177, or #9178.

  • An IBM 7014-T00 or T42 rack must have at least one Power Distribution Unit (PDU) per p650 system installed. It is recommended that each power supply in a p650 system be connected to a different PDU. No more than two p650 power supplies may be connected to the same PDU. Each PDU has nine C13 power connecters, in groups of three. When a p650 power supply is connected to one PDU power outlet, the other two connecters in that group of three may not be used.

  • The maximum quantities of 7038-6M2 systems supported in 7014 racks are as follows:
    • 7014-T00 - Maximum is four
    • 7014-T42 - Maximum is five (requires a fifth PDU mounted horizontally in the rack)

  • Supported devices such as SCSI or SSA disk subsystems or tape subsystems may share the rack with the Model 6M2 system.

I/O Drawers

  • Model 6M2 systems can be attached to up to eight 7311-D10 or 7311-D20 I/O drawers.

  • Each 7311-D10 I/O drawer provides six PCI slots. Refer to the 7311-D10 Sales Manual pages for specifications.

  • Each 7311-D20 I/O drawer provides seven PCI slots and up to twelve disk drives. Refer to the 7311-D20 Sales Manual pages for specifications.

I/O Drawer Attachment

  • The Model 6M2 system allows up to eight I/O drawers to be attached to the system CEC drawer. I/O drawers should be located in the same rack as the CEC drawer for service purposes; however, they can be mounted in separate racks, if desired.

  • I/O drawers are connected to the 6M2 drawer via the following cables:
    • RIO cables for data transfer
    • Power control cables

  • RIO cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. Model 6M2 systems with non-looped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a non-loop connection is detected, a problem is reported.

  • RIO ports are provided by remote I/O loop adapter cards. The first primary RIO adapter (#6411 or #6415) is required. An optional secondary RIO adapter (#6412 or #6416) provides two additional RIO ports. The first secondary RIO adapter must be installed prior to installing the second primary RIO adapter.

  • Up to four RIO loops are available, each supporting up to four I/O drawers and up to a maximum of eight I/O drawers. A minimum of two RIO cables are required to attach the first I/O drawer on each RIO loop. A third drawer-to-drawer RIO cable is required to complete the loop when an additional I/O drawer is attached to the loop. RIO cables are available in various lengths to attach I/O drawers within a single rack or across multiple racks, if desired.
    • #3146 = 1.2 meters
    • #3147 = 3.5 meters
    • #3148 = 10 meters

  • The configurator validates system connections when the RIO cables are ordered on the individual 7311-D10 or 7311-D20 drawers. If RIO cables are ordered on the 7038-6M2 server, system validation cannot be performed.

  • Power control for the I/O drawers is provided via one loop. The number of power control (SPCN) cables required is equal to one plus the number of I/O drawers attached to the system. A minimum of two power control cables (#6001 = 2 meters, #6006 = 3 meters, #6007 = 15 meters or #6008 = 6 meters) are required for attachment of the first drawer. Each additional drawer requires one additional power control cable to complete the loop attachment.

  • The number of RIO or RIO-2 adapters must be less than or equal to the number of 2-way processor cards.

  • Each RIO or RIO-2 adapter supports one RIO loop. Each RIO loop supports up to two 7311-D20 I/O drawers or up to four 7311-D10 I/O drawers.

  • 7311-D10 and 7311-D20 I/O drawers are not supported in the same I/O loop.

  • For systems with both 7311-D10 and 7311-D20 I/O drawers attached, the combined maximum number of I/O drawers is eight.

  • To achieve the higher Remote I/O performance of RIO-2 within the p650 system, it must have a RIO-2 Enabled System Planar (#9581 or #6581). Also, to achieve RIO-2 performance when connected to external I/O drawers, all adapters in a loop must be RIO-2. RIO and RIO-2 adapter combinations are supported in the same loop; however, the loop will operate at the standard RIO speed.

Disks, Media, and Boot Devices

  • Boot is supported via SCSI adapters, SSA adapters, Fibre Channel adapters, or from network via Ethernet or token-ring adapters.

  • A CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM is required for each system. One bay is available for an additional media device.

  • The minimum configuration requires at least one disk drive having a capacity of 36.4 GB or greater.

  • Systems ordered with a single 4-pack SCSI backplane require these features for proper cabling and operation: #6578, #4255, #4251, and #4261. The SCSI disk backplane (#6578) must be connected to the integrated internal SCSI port with cable #4255. The #4251 media backplane must be connected to the #6578 disk backplane with cable #4261.

  • Systems ordered with a split 4-pack SCSI backplane require these features for proper cabling and operation: #6579, #4262, #4251, #4264, and two #4265. The split SCSI disk backplane (#6579) must be connected to the cable assembly (#4262), which includes a special cassette that occupies PCI slot #7, and provides two external SCSI ports for connecting the two sides of the split disk backplane to separate SCSI adapters. External connections to these ports are provided by cable #4265 (two required) which can be connected to the external integrated SCSI port or to an Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) in the 6M2 drawer. If the system includes a #6579 split disk backplane, the #4251 media backplane must be connected to the integrated internal SCSI port with cable #4264.

PCI Slots and Adapters

  • The p650 Model 6M2 has seven PCI-X slots. All slots operate at 3.3 volts. There are six full-length 64-bit slots and one short 32-bit slot.

  • The Model 6M2 PCI slot population rules are complex. The following PCI slot and adapter limitations are provided for general guidance purposes. Extensive configuration rules and checking procedures are incorporated into the ECFGRS6000 configurator to ensure valid system configurations. Configurations generated without utilizing the ECFGRS6000 configurator may create orders that cannot be manufactured, resulting in possible order rejection and delayed delivery.

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given for connectivity and functionality assurance.

  • When the Model 6M2 is attached to one or more I/O drawers, additional rules apply for some PCI adapters regarding the maximum supported adapter quantities for the combined system. For adapters not shown in the list below, the combined maximum quantity is simply the number supported in a 6M2 server, plus eight times the number supported in a D10 I/O drawer. The adapters in the following list are limited to the combined maximum quantity shown below.
    (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus    32
    (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus              32
    (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter                 30
    (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter                   30
    (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter          40
    (#5710) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter               30
    (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter                       32
    (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card                             32
    (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card                  32
    (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus     32
    (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter                  32
    (#2848) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator                      8
    (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter                 30
    (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter                30
    (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter                30
    (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter                             30
    (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter           20
    (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter                  30
    (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter         30
    (#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI                    8
    (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator               15
    (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)                 32
    (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter  30
    (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter           30
    (#8398) - SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter                     2
     
    

  • The following adapters can not be installed in slot #7 of the Model 6M2. The maximum number of any combination of these adapters is six.
    (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
    (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    (#8398) - SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter
    (#6313) - Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter
     

Hot-Plug Options

  • It is not necessary to power down the system to install certain hot- plug options. The following options are hot-plug capable:

  • System power supplies (assumes redundant power supplies installed)

  • Most PCI adapters

  • Information regarding hot-plugging procedures is contained in the pSeries 650 Installation Guide.

  • Any PCI adapter supporting the system boot device or system console is not hot-plugged.

  • The following adapters are not hot-plug capable:

  • POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (#2848)

  • 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

  • Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.

  • A 7315-C01 Hardware Management Console is required for all LPAR configurations.

  • A fully configured pSeries 650 can support up to eight partitions. A partition must have at least a bootable SCSI or SSA or Fibre Channel adapter, and an Ethernet adapter/controller. Since all the PCI slots in p650 can be independently assigned to partitions, this means that four partitions with minimal I/O can be configured without requiring a separate 7311-D10 I/O drawer. A Model D10 I/O drawer can provide up to three additional minimal I/O partitions. To configure the maximum of eight partitions would require at least two Model D10 I/O drawers. The actual number of D10 I/O drawers required will depend on the customer's I/O requirements for each partition. Note that both the integrated internal SCSI bus and the integrated external SCSI bus must be assigned to the same partition.

  • When the system is configured with the #6578 Ultra3 SCSI Backplane, all of the internal disk drives and media share the same SCSI bus and must be assigned to the same partition. That means that all but the first partition must be NIM installed and use network diagnostics, or can only be CD-ROM installed or use network diagnostics when the first partition is shut down. The user should not use the internal disk drives during install because drives could have data for the first partition and may be reassigned back to the first partition. It is recommended to use NIM and network diagnostics for all partitions except the first partition, or that internal disk drives not be used for any partition.

  • Two independent pairs of hot-swappable drives are optionally available by using the #6579 Split SCSI backplane. This configuration is available for systems that require two logical partitions using under the covers disk drives. When configured using a single SCSI card and the external SCSI port, the internal media bays will be grouped with the two drives controlled by the external SCSI port. To free the media devices for assignment to LPARS, it is recommended to use two SCSI adapters to support the split SCSI backplane. In this configuration, the media devices will be attached to the internal SCSI controller and be free to be assigned to any partition, and not affect a configuration using the internal disks.

  • When the system is configured with the #6578 Ultra3 SCSI Backplane, external disk drives must be provided for all but the first partition. When the system is configured with the #6579 Split SCSI Backplane, external disk drives must be provided for all but the first two partitions. AIX does not support diskless LPAR operation.

  • When running LPAR with AIX V5.1, fully populated processor cards cannot mix memory DIMMs with different capacities on the same card.

  • Systems with CUoD features do not support the Affinity Logical Partitioning option.

Linux Operating System

For customers installing SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, only the following I/O adapters, storage, and media devices available on the pSeries 650 Model 6M2 are supported and tested:

                                             Feature    SuSE & Red Hat
  I/O Adapters                               Number        Support
  ------------------------------------       -------    --------------
  GXT135P Graphics                            2848            X
  Ultra SCSI Differential                     6204        SuSE Only
  Ultra3 SCSI                                 6203            X
  Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI                  5710            X
  Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID             5711            X
  4-Port 10/100 Ethernet                      4961            X
  10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II         4962            X
  Gigabit Ethernet-SX                         5700            X
  10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet                5701            X
  2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet         5706            X
  2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX                  5707            X
  2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI                 6228        SuSE Only
  2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X               6239        SuSE Only
 
                                             Feature    SuSE & Red Hat
  Storage Devices                            Number        Support
  ------------------------------------       -------    --------------
  36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Drive                   3158            X
  73.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Drive                   3159            X
  146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Drive                  3275            X
  36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Drive        3277            X
  73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Drive        3278            X
 
                                             Feature    SuSE & Red Hat
  Media                                      Number        Support
  ----------------------------------------   -------    --------------
  48X (Maximum) CD-ROM                        2628            X
  4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive    2629            X
  16/48X Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive           2635            X
  60/150GB Auto-docking 8mm Tape Drive        6131            X
  20/40 GB 4-mm Tape Drive                    6185            X
 

  • Unless otherwise stated, the maximum quantity allowed for each Linux supported feature is the same as the maximum quantity supported for AIX.

  • Linux does not support hot-swap DASD, hot-swap PCI slots, or hot-swap media bays.

  • The p650 supports Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation (permanent, trial, and temporary On/Off CoD) when running Linux. A partition reboot is required if adding CUoD resources (processors or memory) to a Linux partition. A system reboot is required if adding CUoD resources to a system running Linux as the only operating system in a single system image mode.

  • Attachment of external 7311-D10 I/O or 7311-D20 drawers to a p650 system using Linux is limited to one or two I/O drawers in a single RIO loop. In this configuration, the allowable PCI adapters for the I/O drawers are the same as for the p650 system.

  • Linux support of logical partitioning is limited to static LPAR. Dynamic LPAR is not supported.

    Additional information about Linux running on pSeries systems, can be found at:

    http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux

  • Only features supported by SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or by Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, can be ordered as part of the Linux Ready Express Configurations. Other features supported on AIX V5.1 or AIX V5.2 can be ordered via MES.

  • Certain external machine types supported on the p650 require that specific I/O adapters be installed in the system. If those I/O adapters are not supported by SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or by Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, the external machine types cannot be ordered on the initial order. The configurator will produce a validation error and the configurator user will have to remove the external machine type from the initial order.

  • Some functions provided by AIX V5.1 and AIX V5.2 are not available when the p650 system is used with Linux only. Graphics adapter capability and support is limited at this time.

    For additional information on SuSE Linux Enterprise Server, visit:

    http://www.suse.com/us/business/products/sles/sles_iSeries_ pSeries/index.html

    For additional information about Linux running on pSeries systems, visit:

    http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux

Hardware Requirements

Note: IBM eServer pSeries 650 Express configurations are Linux ready.

The pSeries 650 Model 6M2 must be installed in a new or existing 7014-T00 or T42 rack with power distribution features 9176, 9177, or 9178, or equivalent rack. This provides:

  • Proper dimensions
  • Mounting surfaces
  • Power distribution
  • Ventilation
  • Stability
  • Other functional requirements

The recommended rack is the 7014 Model T00.

Either an ASCII terminal with an attachment cable or a graphics display with an attachment cable and graphics adapter is required for initial set up and must be available locally for service. If an ASCII terminal is used, it must be attached through a serial port.

If a graphics adapter is installed, console messages (IPL progress/error information/systems management information) will be directed to the graphics adapter. The system does not detect if a display is attached to the adapter. The user may attach any supported device to the adapter.

If a graphics adapter is not installed, console messages will be directed to serial port S1. The system does not detect if an ASCII console is attached to serial port S1; use of any device other than an ASCII console on serial port S1 will result in lost messages and unpredictable results on that device.

pSeries 650 Model 6M2 - Minimum System Configuration

The pSeries 650 Model 6M2 is based on a flexible, modular design that can be configured with up to:

  • Eight processors
  • 64 GB of system memory
  • Four disk drives
  • Seven PCI slots
  • Two media devices

This flexibility is delivered through the many optional features available for the Model 6M2. Each new Model 6M2 system must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system CEC enclosure (8-EIA) with the following:
    • One ac Power Specify (#9172)
    • One Language Group Specify (#9XXX)
    • One Power Cord Specify (#99XX)

  • One Processor Card -- choose from:
    • POWER4+ Processor, 2-Way, 1.2 GHz, 8 MB L3 Cache (#5122)
    • POWER4+ Processor, 2-Way, 1.45 GHz, 32 MB L3 Cache (#5208)

  • 2 GB Memory minimum -- choose from:
    • 2048 MB Memory (4 x 512 MB DIMMs) (#4452)
    • 4096 MB Memory (4 x 1024 MB DIMMs) (#4453)
    • 8192 MB Memory (4 x 2048 MB DIMMs) (#4454)

  • Other required features:
    • One Media backplane (#4251)
    • One Optical drive (#2628, #2629, #2635)
    • One SCSI disk (#3158, #3159, #3275, #3273, #3274)
    • One SCSI cable (#4255, #4264)
    • One SCSI backplane (#6578, #6579)
    • Two Power supplies (#6287)
    • One remote I/O adapter (#6411, #6415)

Additional optional features can be added, as desired.

IBM eServer pSeries 650 Express Configurations

Additional, optional 7038-6M2 features may be added as desired. Except as noted, all standard configuration rules for Model 6M2 remain unchanged.

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (200M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (200M) (#8053)
  • One 2-way, 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8050)
  • One 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each with 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (400M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (400M) (#8054)
  • Two 2-way, 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8050)
  • Two 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each with 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (800M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (800M) (#8055)
  • Four 2-way, 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8050)
  • Four 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each with 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (450M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (450M) (#8057)
  • Two 2-way, 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8051)
  • Two 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each with 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (650M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (650M) (#8058)
  • Three 2-way, 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8051)
  • Three 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each with 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (850M)

One 7038-6M2 system, including a minimum of:

  • One Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (850M) (#8059)
  • Four 2-way, 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8051)
  • Four 4096 MB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only (#8052)
  • Two disk drives, each having 146.8 GB capacity (#3275)

Software Requirements

AIX 5L for POWER V5.1 or V5.2, or later, is required when using the AIX operating system. AIX V5.2 is required for dynamic LPAR. The Linux operating system is supported when running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later.
Back to topBack to top
 

Publications

The following publications are shipped with the pSeries 650. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

Title                                        Order Number
------------------------------               ------------
pSeries 650 Installation Guide               SA38-0610
System Unit Safety Information               SA23-2652
 

Refer to the Related Publications section of the pSeries 650 Installation Guide for information regarding other available pSeries 650 publications or on the Web, visit:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/eserver/ techKnow?expanded=pSeriespubs#pSeries

Back to topBack to top
 
Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange
TOC Link No Charge Specify Codes TOC Link Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable TOC Link Feature Exchanges


No Charge Specify Codes

Specify Features for Machine Type 7038

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech

  • POWER
    • (#9172) - Power Specify, AC

  • LINECORDS
    • (#9800) - Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
    • (#9802) - Power Cord Specify - Brazil (125V, 15A)
    • (#9820) - Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
    • (#9821) - Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
    • (#9825) - Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
    • (#9827) - Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
    • (#9828) - Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
    • (#9829) - Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
    • (#9830) - Power Cord Specify - Italy/Chile (250V, 10A and 16A)
    • (#9831) - Power Cord Specify - Australia/New Zealand/Argentina (250V, 10A)
    • (#9833) - Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
    • (#9834) - Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
    • (#7305) - AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#0986) - CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
    • (#5001) - Customer Service Specify
    • (#9581) - RIO-2 Enablement Indicator, Factory Only

  • RACK RELATED
    • (#9901) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Belgium Finland, France (250V, 16A)
    • (#9902) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Denmark (250V, 10A)
    • (#9903) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- U.K. and Others (250V, 13A)
    • (#9904) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Israel (250V, 6-16A)
    • (#9905) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Switzerland (250V, 10A)
    • (#9906) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- India, Pakistan, S. Africa (250V, 16A)
    • (#9907) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
    • (#9908) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Australia/New Zealand/Argentina (250V, 10A)
    • (#9909) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Thailand (250V, 15A)
    • (#9911) - Power Cord (4M) Specify -- All (Standard rack power cord)

  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • CABLES
    • (#4255) - Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To SCSI Backplane

  • MEMORY
    • (#8052) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only
    • (#8124) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only

  • POWER
    • (#6287) - AC Power Supply, 1100 W

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#4251) - Backplane For Auto-Docking Media Drives

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#8039) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (201M)
    • (#8048) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (401M)
    • (#8049) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (801M)
    • (#8053) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (200M)
    • (#8054) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (400M)
    • (#8055) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (800M)
    • (#8057) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (450M)
    • (#8058) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (650M)
    • (#8059) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (850M)
    • (#8117) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (451M)
    • (#8118) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (651M)
    • (#8119) - Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (851M)
    • (#6578) - Ultra3 SCSI Backplane for Hot-swap Disks (4-pack)

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#8050) - 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only
    • (#8051) - 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration, Factory Only

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • ADAPTERS
    • (#1820) - PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA
    • (#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#2848) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
    • (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4597) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Short
    • (#4599) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal
    • (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    • (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
    • (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
    • (#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
    • (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5710) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter
    • (#5711) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter
    • (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5723) - 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
    • (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#6313) - Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter
    • (#6411) - Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary
    • (#6412) - Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary
    • (#6415) - RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary
    • (#6416) - RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary
    • (#8398) - SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter

  • CABLES
    • (#1835) - 3 meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#1836) - 8 meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#1839) - 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2709) - ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port T1 RJ-45 Cable
    • (#2710) - ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port E1 RJ-45 Cable
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#3124) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
    • (#3125) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#3146) - Remote I/O Cable, 1.2M
    • (#3147) - Remote I/O Cable, 3.5M
    • (#3148) - Remote I/O Cable, 10m
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#4242) - 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15 pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
    • (#4261) - Internal Cable, Media Backplane To Ultra3 SCSI Backplane (4-Pack)
    • (#4262) - Internal Cable Assembly For Split Backplane
    • (#4264) - Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To Media Backplane
    • (#4265) - External Cable For Split Backplane
    • (#4353) - H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
    • (#4691) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status Beacon
    • (#4692) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
    • (#6001) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
    • (#6006) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
    • (#6007) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
    • (#6008) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
    • (#8120) - Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 6-Meter
    • (#8121) - Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 15-Meter
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

  • DISKS
    • (#3158) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3159) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

  • DISPLAYS
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3635) - T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
    • (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

  • KEYBOARDS
    • (#8700) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8701) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8702) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8703) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8704) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8705) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8706) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8707) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#8708) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8710) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120
    • (#8711) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8712) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8713) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8714) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g
    • (#8716) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8718) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8719) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8720) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8721) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8723) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8725) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8726) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8727) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8729) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8730) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8733) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8734) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8735) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8736) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8738) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8739) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105
    • (#8740) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P
    • (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
    • (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120
    • (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
    • (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
    • (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
    • (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

  • MEMORY
    • (#4452) - 2048MB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM
    • (#4453) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM
    • (#4454) - 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM
    • (#4490) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM
    • (#7052) - 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7057
    • (#7053) - 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7058
    • (#7057) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active
    • (#7058) - 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#2625) - 4.7 GB SCSI Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#2628) - 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive
    • (#2629) - 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#2635) - 16X/48X(max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#6131) - 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive
    • (#6169) - IBM 80/160 GB Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive with VXA Technology
    • (#6185) - 20/40 GB 4mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#6581) - RIO-2 Enabled System Planar
    • (#6579) - Split SCSI Backplane For Hot-swap Disks (Split 4-pack)
    • (#8741) - 3-Button Mouse - Business Black
    • (#8841) - Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#5122) - 2-Way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card
    • (#5208) - 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card
    • (#5120) - Processor Card Backplane For 4-Way Configuration
    • (#5123) - Processor Card Backplane For 6-Way Configuration
    • (#5124) - Processor Card Backplane For 8-Way Configuration
    • (#7011) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7014
    • (#7013) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7014
    • (#7014) - 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active

  • RACK RELATED
    • (#4693) - Rack Status Beacon Junction Box

Feature Descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0986) CCS Customer Service Specify (US)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customized Solutions (CCS).

FC 0986 is available only on the initial plant order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#0986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1820) PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

The #1820, PCI-X Dual-port 4x InfiniBand Host Channel Adapter, provides attachment to the Topspin Server Switch models 120 and 270. Connection to the Topspin Server Switches are accomplished by using the 4x IB Cables.

  • Attributes provided: 2 ports of 4x IB to attach to the Topspin Server Switch models 120 and 270
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#1820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: There is a system maximum of four within the CEC plus I/O drawers.

(#1835) 3 meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 3 meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#1835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1836) 8 meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 8 meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 8 meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#1836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1839) 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 1.5 meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#1839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

50 micron fiber cable used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. Cable has male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other. Length = 2 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

62.5 micron fiber cable used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. Cable has male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other. Length = 2 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2498) PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2003)

The RS/6000 PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter(#2498) is a non- bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,1,1E, 5, or 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 128 MByte fast-write cache is a resident feature of the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter to help ensure data integrity. The 128 MByte fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the external ports. Two of the four busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two busses only drive external ports. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on supporting RS/6000 systems. Systems with one or two internal 6-pack disks can attach to a PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter. The four external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The four external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate.

Limitations:

  • The four external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 external Fast/Wide SCSI disk enclosure.
  • Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds (up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system backplane.

In order for full support and to take full advantage of the Ultra3 (up to 160 MBytes/s) speed of this adapter, the proper AIX level also needs to be considered. AIX 4.3.3 with appropriate APAR updates or later AIX versions support the full range of SCSI bus data rates (including Ultra3 SCSI up to 160 MByte/s). Check the AIX level your system has or is able to support.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2625) 4.7 GB SCSI Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

The 4.7 GB SCSI Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a half high form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 4800 KB/sec CD-ROM (32X) max @ outer diameter; 13.5 MB/sec read (10X DVD-ROM); 2.77 MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.77 MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM)
  • Interface: SCSI
  • Average Random Access Time: 110 ms CD-ROM; 130 ms DVD-ROM; 150 ms DVD-RAM
  • Buffer Memory: 2 MB
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position (8cm discs in horizontal position only)
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SCSI Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One half high Auto-docking media bay and one SCSI address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2625)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, 5.2 or later. For Linux, Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2628) 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of September 12, 2003)

The 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to 7200KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, single ended, 8 bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 600MB CD-ROM discs.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 7200 KB/sec (Max)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)
  • Avg. Random Access Time: 90ms (typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 512KB
  • Media capacity: Greater than 600MB
  • Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks
  • Attributes provided: 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 half high Auto-docking media bay and 1 SCSI-2 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2629) 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of September 24, 2004)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs. This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write (1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer
  • Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM
  • High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-recordable discs
  • Reads CD-RW discs
  • Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio
  • Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Attributes provided: 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 half high Auto-docking media bay and one SCSI address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2629)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2635) 16X/48X(max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

The 16X/48X(max) SCSI Auto-Docking DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 7200KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)

  • Interface: SCSI

  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)

  • Buffer Memory: 256KB

  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7GB (single sided); 9.4GB(double-sided)

  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)

  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor

  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions

  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats

  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported. li.This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1 software.
  • Attributes provided: 16X/48X(max) SCSI Auto-Docking DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 half-high Auto-docking media bay and one SCSI-2 address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2709) ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port T1 RJ-45 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

4-Port T1 RJ-48 cable for the ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1/E1 PCI Adapter or ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk adapter.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port T1 RJ48 cable
  • Attributes required: 4-port T1/E1 Adapter or Quad Digital Trunk Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2709)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2710) ARTIC960Hx/RxD 4-Port E1 RJ-45 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

4-Port E1 RJ-48 cable for the ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1/E1 PCI Adapter or the ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk Adapter.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port E1 RJ-48 cable
  • Attributes required: 4-port T1/E1 Adapter or Quad Digital Trunk Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2710)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

This PCI card provides for connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2848) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2003)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs
    • Up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 4.3.3 or 5.1
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2848)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with :

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (shipped with the system), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature FC 6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature FC 8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RANs on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 17, 2004)

The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles .

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2946)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one- slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7038-6M2: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2952) Cable, V.35

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7038-6M2: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7038-6M2: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2954) Cable, X.21

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7038-6M2: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3124) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3146) Remote I/O Cable, 1.2M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This 1.2 meter RIO-G cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3147) Remote I/O Cable, 3.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-G cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3148) Remote I/O Cable, 10m

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 10 meter RIO-G cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3148)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3158) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

The 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra3 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 fast 80
  • Average Seek Time: 6.02 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 44.3 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 160MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3158)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3159) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra3 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 fast 80
  • Average Seek Time: 5.38 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 3.00 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83.88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 160MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3159)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2005)

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3273)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3274) 73.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3275) 146.8GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, and and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3277) 36.4GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, or later, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3278) 73.4GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, or later, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four (4) READS to one (1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux- Refer to the following Web Site for Linux information:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 25, 2003)

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color

  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron(R) CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.

  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of February 27, 2004)

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron(R) CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3635) T210 Flat-Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of February 18, 2003)

The T210 flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 528 mm (20.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.207 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 2048 x 1536 pels at 60Hz.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter

    Note: Requires #2848, #2842, or #2843 be installed in the system.

  • For 7038-6M2: (#3636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3637) IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The T541H and the L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color

  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.

  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.

  • Tilt/swivel stand

  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa)non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2005)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-85 degrees; horizontal +/-85 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3640) IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The IBM ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-75 degrees; horizontal +/-75 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (minimal) 700:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3641) IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • One removable analog cable
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3642) ThinkVision L191P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3643) IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3645) IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 7038-6M2: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15 pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4251) Backplane For Auto-Docking Media Drives

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature provides an enclosure with two bays for auto-docking media, and includes the media backplane. It requires cable #4261 or #4264 for connection to the system.

  • Attributes provided: Two bays for auto-docking media
  • Attributes required: Cable feature #4261 or #4264
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4251)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4255) Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To SCSI Backplane

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This cable connects the Ultra3 SCSI backplane to the integrated Ultra SCSI controller.

  • Attributes provided: Backplane to controller connection
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4255)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4261) Internal Cable, Media Backplane To Ultra3 SCSI Backplane (4-Pack)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This cable connects the 4251 media backplane to the 6578 Ultra3 SCSI backplane (4-pack).

  • Attributes provided: Connection of media backplane to Ultra3 SCSI disk 4-pack backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4261)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4262) Internal Cable Assembly For Split Backplane

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature provides the internal SCSI cables needed for the #6579 Split SCSI Backplane. It also provides a unique blind swap cassette that occupies slot #7 and brings the cables to the rear of the system chassis. The cassette has two connectors, which allow the internal SCSI cables to be connected to one or two #4265 external SCSI cables, which provide separate signal paths to the two sides of the split backplane.

  • Attributes provided: SCSI cables for split backplane
  • Attributes required: PCI Slot #7
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4262)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4264) Internal Cable, Integrated Controller To Media Backplane

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This cable connects the #4251 media backplane to the integrated SCSI controller. It is required in systems that have the #6579 split backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Connection of media backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4264)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4265) External Cable For Split Backplane

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This one-meter long cable connects an external SCSI port to an external connector on feature #4262, providing a signal to one side of the #6579 split SCSI backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Connection to one side of split backplane
  • Attributes required: Features #4262, #6579, and one external SCSI controller port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4353) H-100 Bus 8-position Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 8-position cable should be used when more than four and less than or equal to eight adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. If four or less adapters are interconnected, the H.100 Bus 4-Drop Cable (#2877) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Four to eight H.100 adapters
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4452) 2048MB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 4 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4452)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4453) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 4 1024MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4454) 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS Stacked DDR SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 4 2048MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4454)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4490) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 8NS DDR SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 4 1024MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4490)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4597) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Short

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters installed in a 32-bit short PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: Short PCI card and empty short PCI adapter location
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4597)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4599) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and empty PCI adapter location
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4599)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

This indicator is used to specify the first rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the first rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

This indicator is used to specify the second rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the second rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

This indicator is used to specify the third rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the third rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

This indicator is used to specify the fourth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fourth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

This indicator is used to specify the fifth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fifth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

This indicator is used to specify the sixth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the sixth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

This indicator is used to specify the seventh rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the seventh rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

This indicator is used to specify the eighth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the eighth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

This indicator is used to specify the ninth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the ninth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4691) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status Beacon

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable can be used to connect the Rack Status Beacon Junction Box to a supported rack drawer or to the Rack Status Beacon.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between Rack Status Beacon components
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4692) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable is used to connect two Rack Status Beacon Junction Boxes (#4693) together. Multiple Junction Boxes may be linked in series, as required.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • Attributes required: Two or more (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4693) Rack Status Beacon Junction Box

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature provides six input connectors and one output connector for racks configured with the Rack Status Beacon (#4690). Multiple Junction Boxes can be linked together in series with Daisy Chain Cable #4692.

  • Attributes provided: Connection of multiple drawers to a single Rack Status Beacon (#4690).
  • Attributes required: Feature #4690 and two or more #4691 cables.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 17, 2004)

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

This 155 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is compatible with:

  • IBM 8285 ATM Workgroup Switch
  • IBM 8260 ATM Subsystem
  • IBM 8282 ATM Concentrator
  • IBM 8281 ATM LAN Bridge
  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half- duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor. Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port. Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated. The IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. But, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968) are the preferred solutions. Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs. These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) being active.

  • With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to deliver up to 3 times the comparable performance of a single IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).
  • Under most conditions, each port of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to perform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and depends upon the RS/6000 model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.

  • Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later. Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both of these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

(#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2005)

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre-and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  • MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  • Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

As part of this adapter's physical security features, the following events will cause an adapter shutdown and secure data zeroization.

  • Shipping/Storage Temperature less than -15C or greater than 95C
  • Dead Battery (VBAT less than 2.4V)
  • Supply Voltage greater than 3.3V/12V max
  • Mesh Sensor opens/shorts detection
  • X-ray exposure

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards Web site:

  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to Web site

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

  • http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4964) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software designed to provide high performance hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cryptographic processes are performed within a tamper resistant enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter includes:

  • Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption.
  • Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing
  • Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data
  • RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification
  • Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Protected data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

  • http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#4964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6 )
    • OS level required: AIX V5.1 or 5.2, or higher. For Linux informaion, refer to:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5001) Customer Service Specify

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customer Services (CCS) in Rochester.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5005) Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5120) Processor Card Backplane For 4-Way Configuration

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one processor card slot, in addition to the first processor card slot that is standard on all systems. Feature #5120 is required for all systems that are configured with two processor cards.

  • Attributes provided: One additional processor card slot
  • Attributes required: Two processor cards
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5120)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5122) 2-Way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

2-way processor card with 1.20 GHz processors and 8 memory DIMM slots. The two processors share 8MB of L3 cache and 1.5MB of L2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card and 8 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5122)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5123) Processor Card Backplane For 6-Way Configuration

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides two processor card slots, in addition to the first processor card slot that is standard on all systems. Feature #5123 is required for all systems that are configured with three processor cards.

  • Attributes provided: Two additional processor card slots
  • Attributes required: Three processor cards
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5123)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5124) Processor Card Backplane For 8-Way Configuration

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides three processor card slots, in addition to the first processor card slot that is standard on all systems. Feature #5124 is required for all systems that are configured with four processor cards.

  • Attributes provided: Three additional processor card slots
  • Attributes required: Four processor cards
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5208) 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

2-way processor card with 1.45 GHz processors and 8 memory DIMM slots. The two processors share 32MB of L3 cache and 1.5MB of L2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card and 8 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5208)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full-Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half-Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half-Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5710) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices can run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5710)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5711) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (#5711) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache is resident on the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter and utilizes non-volatile RAM. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors.

Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks. Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Note: Requires AIX V5.2 or later, if AIX V5.1 or SLES 8 is required order Feature Code #6239- 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. For Linux, refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX v5.2 or higher Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX V5.2 or higher. For Linux information, refer to the following Web site:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5723) 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6 )
    • OS level required: AIX V5.2 or higher. For Linux information, refer to the following Web site:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6001) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides a two-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6006) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6006)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6007) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6008) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6008)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6131) 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2005)

The 60/150GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch half-high, 16-bit tape drive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This tape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 150 GB -- up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40GB 8mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 60 GB Native Mode, 150 GB (typical) Compression Mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch Half-high
  • Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
  • Technology: Helical Scan, Rotating Head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 12 MB/Sec. Native Mode, 30 MB/Sec. (typical) Compression M
  • Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential(LVD) / Single-ended (SE) Asynchronous/Synchronous
  • Compatibility: 20 GB Mode (Read only), 20 GB Compression (Read only), 60 GB Mode (R/W), 150 GB Compression (R/W).
  • Attributes provided: 60/150GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch(41mm) half-high auto-docking media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6169) IBM 80/160 GB Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive with VXA Technology

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

The IBM 80/160 GB Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive with VXA** Technology is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 LVD 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses VXAtape* data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB - a significant increase in capacity over previous internal tape drives.

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: uses VXAtape data cartridge
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode, 12MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (LVD/SE) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatibility: 80 GB mode (Read/Write), 160 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • Attributes provided: One 80/160 GB internal auto-docking tape drive
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high auto-docking media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6185) 20/40 GB 4mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 12/24 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4 media).

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write).

Note: MES orders are shipped with both a black and a white bezel.

  • Attributes provided: 4mm 20/40 GB internal auto-docking tape drive
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high auto-docking media bay and one SCSI-2 internal SE 16-bit address
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6185)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2003)

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) is a 64-bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI adapter (80 MBytes per second).

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems should also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the SCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s maximum. This auto- throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching subsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, it would also auto- throttle as described above.

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) also is a native boot adapter with AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 (with appropriate updates) in the supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6203)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

  • Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6204)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6228) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6228)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight- initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast- write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.

  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.

  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.

  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

After October 3, 2000, a 3-Way Copy Function will be available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues. 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ ssa/rs6k/index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

LIMITATION: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast- write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single- initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6239)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6287) AC Power Supply, 1100 W

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature provides one 1100 watt AC power supply for a server drawer.

  • Attributes provided: One AC power supply
  • Attributes required: AC Power Specify #9172
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6287)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6313) Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter is a highly integrated, intelligent IO adapter designed for use in computer telephony applications. The adapter is a 4 port, full length, universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter. It performs voice processing for up to four T1 or E1 digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voice channels in a single PCI slot. The adapter is made up of two separate cards. A base card that interfaces with the host system and performs telephony processing functions, and a daughter card that provides the physical interface to the switch. The voice processing function is provided by WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP with Direct Talk Technology.

In conjunction with this adapter, network attachment cables using industry standard RJ-48 connector can be obtained from commercial cable suppliers in a variety of lengths to suit the particular installation. Additional information about these cables can be obtained by referring to this adapter's Installation and User's Guide.

Note: When 2 to 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapters (#6313) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the Artic960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-drop Cable (#2877) is required.

Limitation: The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter (#6313) cannot reside in the same system with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310). The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Blind Swap Adapter (#6313) is only supported in machines running in a full system partition.

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1/E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One available Blind Swap PCI slot and WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP application software.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6313)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6411) Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary

(No Longer Available as of September 26, 2003)

This feature provides two Remote I/O ports for attaching up to four I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

  • Attributes provided: Two Remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6411)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: At least one primary adapter is required (#6411 or #6415).

(#6412) Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary

(No Longer Available as of September 26, 2003)

This feature provides two Remote I/O ports for attaching up to four I/O drawers to the system in a single loop. One #6411 adapter must be installed for each #6412 adapter in the system.

  • Attributes provided: Two Remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: One #6411 adapter per each #6412 adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6412)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6415) RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Primary

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching up to four I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

  • Attributes provided: Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6415)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: At least one Primary Adapter is required (#6411 or #6415).

(#6416) RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Secondary

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching up to four I/O drawers to the system in a single loop. One #6411 or #6415 adapter must be installed for each #6416 adapter in the system.

  • Attributes provided: Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: One #6411 or #6415 adapter per each #6416 adapter
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6416)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6578) Ultra3 SCSI Backplane for Hot-swap Disks (4-pack)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Feature #6578 is an Ultra3 SCSI backplane with four hot swap disk bays. It includes the required cables and mounting hardware.

  • Attributes provided: Four Ultra3 SCSI disk bays
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6579) Split Ultra320 SCSI Backplane For Hot-swap Disks (Split 4-pack)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Feature #6579 is an Ultra320 SCSI backplane with four hot swap disk bays. The backplane is split into two halves, each with two disk bays and connected to separate SCSI cables.

  • Attributes provided: Four Ultra320 SCSI disk bays, split (2+2)
  • Attributes required: #4262 Internal Cable Assembly
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6579)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6581) RIO-2 Enabled System Planar

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature provides a system planar that supports RIO-2 Remote I/O speeds. It can be ordered for previously shipped systems that do not have feature #9581.

  • Attributes provided: Support of RIO-2 Remote I/O speed
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#6581)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7011) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7014

This feature provides a two processor activation for CUoD processor card feature #7014.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7014
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7014 without activation
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7011)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7013) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7014

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7014.

This feature provides for 60 processor usage days because processors are activated and deactivated in pairs. Each On/Off CoD feature applies to all of the CUoD processors in the system. A processor day is measured each time a processor is activated in a 24 hour period or any fraction thereof. For example, if four processors are activated for 2 hours of testing or production, this results in four processor usage days. Each time processors are activated starts a new measurement day. For example, if a customer activates four processors for a two hour test and later in the same 24 hour period activates 2 processors for 2 hours to meet a peak workload, this results in 6 processor days.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7014 without activation
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7013)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7014) 2-Way 1.45 GHz POWER4 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand is equivalent to feature #5208 after its two processors are activated by ordering feature #7011. It is a 2-way processor card with 1.45 GHz processors and 8 memory DIMM slots. The two processors share 32MB of L3 cache and 1.5MB of L2 cache. The DIMM slots may be used without activating the processors.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7014)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7052) 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7057

This feature provides a 4GB memory activation for #7057 CUoD memory DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7057 CUoD memory DIMMs with inactive memory
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7052)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7053) 4096MB CUoD Memory Activation For Feature #7058

This feature provides a 4GB memory activation for #7058 CUoD memory DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7058 CUoD memory DIMMs with inactive memory
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7053)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7057) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 4096MB of system memory with 4 1024MB DIMMs. None of the memory is active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of memory, with none active
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7057)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7058) 8192MB (4x2048MB) DIMMs, CUoD, 0MB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 8192MB of system memory with 4 2048MB DIMMs. None of the memory is active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of memory, with none active
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7058)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7305) AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator

Software pre-install indicator for Authorized Assemblers.

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: Authorized Assembler Order
  • For 7038-6M2: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8039) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (201M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of a 2-way 1.2 GHz processor card (1x #8050), and 4GB system memory (1x #8052 or 1x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8039 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8053 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8039)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system. SUSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8048) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (401M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of two 2-way 1.2 GHz processor cards (2x #8050), and 8GB system memory (2x #8052 or 2x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8048 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8054 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8048)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system. SUSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8049) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (801M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of four 2-way 1.2 GHz processor cards (4x #8050), and 16GB system memory (4x #8052 or 4x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8049 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8055 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8049)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system. SUSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8050) 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration,

Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Provides a 2-way processor card with 1.2 GHz POWER4+ processors, for systems being included in Express Configurations. Equivalent to #5122.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card equivalent to #5122.
  • Attributes required: 1 processor card slot.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8050)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If #8053 is selected, #8050 quantity must equal 1. If #8054 is selected, #8050 quantity must equal 2. If #8055 is selected, #8050 quantity must equal 4.

(#8051) 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ Processor Card, Express Configuration,

Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Provides a 2-way processor card with 1.45 GHz POWER4+ processors, for systems being included in Express Configurations. Equivalent to #5208.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card equivalent to #5208.
  • Attributes required: 1 processor card slot.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8051)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If #8057 is selected, #8051 quantity must equal 2. If #8058 is selected, #8051 quantity must equal 3. If #8059 is selected, #8051 quantity must equal 4.

(#8052) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with four 1024MB DIMMs for systems being included in Express Configurations. Equivalent to #4453.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory equivalent to #4453.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8052)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If #8053 is selected, #8052 quantity must equal 1. If #8054 or #8057 is selected, #8052 quantity must equal 2. If #8058 is selected, #8052 quantity must equal 3. If #8055 or #8059 is selected, #8052 quantity must equal 4.

(#8053) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (200M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of a 2-way 1.2 GHz processor card (1x #8050), and 4GB system memory (1x #8052 or 1x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8053)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8054) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (400M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of two 2-way 1.2 GHz processor cards (2x #8050), and 8GB system memory (2x #8052 or 2x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8054)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8055) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (800M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of four 2-way 1.2 GHz processor cards (4x #8050), and 16GB system memory (4x #8052 or 4x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8055)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8057) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (450M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of two 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (2x #8051), and 8GB system memory (2x #8052 or 2x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8057)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8058) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (650M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of three 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (3x #8051), and 12GB system memory (3x #8052 or 3x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8058)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8059) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration - pSeries 650 (850M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of four 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (4x #8051), and 16GB system memory (4x #8052 or 4x #8124), which must be included in the initial order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8059)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8117) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (451M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of two 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (2x #8051), and 8GB system memory (2x #8052 or 2x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8117 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8057 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8117)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system.
    • SuSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8118) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (651M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of three 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (3x #8051), and 12GB system memory (3x #8052 or 3x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8118 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8058 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system. SUSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8119) Entitlement Feature For Express Configuration -- pSeries 650 (851M)

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Express Configuration for the pSeries 650 Model 6M2. This configuration consists of four 2-way 1.45 GHz processor cards (4x #8051), and 16GB system memory (4x #8052 or 4x #8124), which must be included in the initial order. Feature #8119 is the Linux ready equivalent of the AIX based #8059 Express Configuration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Two disk drives, each 146.8GB. For 7038-6M2: (#8119)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later if installing AIX on the system. SUSE Linux Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 3 for pSeries, or later, if installing Linux.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8120) Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 6-Meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This 6-meter cable provides an asynch connection between the HMC (Hardware Management Console) and the host system. It provides a 9-pin female connector for HMC connection and a 9-pin male connection to attach to the HMC port on the host system. A 9-pin to 25-pin adapter is also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 6-meter HMC attachment cable
  • Attributes required: Empty 9-pin asynch port on HMC
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8120)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8121) Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 15-Meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This 15-meter cable provides an asynch connection between the HMC (Hardware Management Console) and the host system. It provides a 9-pin female connector for HMC connection and a 9-pin male connection to attach to the HMC port on the host system. A 9-pin to 25-pin adapter is also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 15-meter HMC attachment cable
  • Attributes required: Empty 9-pin asynch port on HMC
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8121)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8124) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with four 1024MB DIMMs for systems being included in Express Configurations. Equivalent to #4490.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory equivalent to #4490.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If #8053 is selected, #8124 quantity must equal 1. If #8054 or #8057 is selected, #8124 quantity must equal 2. If #8058 is selected, #8124 quantity must equal 3. If #8055 or #8059 is selected, #8124 quantity must equal 4.

(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.

As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

  • Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack).
  • Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host.
  • All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management.
  • The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel.
  • Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

  • Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134.
  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet).
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 56 (Initial order maximum: 56)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 56 (Initial order maximum: 56)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8398) SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This adpater allows attachment to the SP Switch2 through the PCI-X bus. It also includes diagnostics and publications.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection to SP Switch2
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot, plus SP Switch2 fabric on the Cluster running PSSP (IBM Parallel System Support Programs for AIX.)
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8398)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The 7038-6M2 with FC 8398 requires PSSP V3.5 with the following APARs for May, 2003:

    • IY42352 PSSP V3.5 support for p650 with SP Switch2 PCI-X in RIO mode

    The 7038-6M2 with FC 8398 requires PSSP V3.4 or PSSP V3.5 with the following APARs for July, 2003:

    • IY42359 PSSP V3.4 support for p650 with SP Switch2 PCI-X in RIO-2 mode
    • IY42358 PSSP V3.5 support for p650 with SP Switch2 PCI-X in RIO-2 mode

(#8700) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression,3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8701) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8702) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8702)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8703) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8704) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8705) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8706) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8707) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8708) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8710) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8710)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8711) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8712) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8713) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8714) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8716) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8718) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8719) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8720) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8721) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8723) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8725) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8726) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8726)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8727) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8729) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8729)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8730) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8730)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8733) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8733)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8734) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8734)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8735) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8735)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8736) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8738) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8739) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8739)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8740) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8741) 3-Button Mouse - Business Black

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

3-button dynamic tracking pointing device, utilizes opto-mechanical technology, resolution is 320 DPI, 3-meter cable, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.

  • Attributes provided: Mouse capability
  • Attributes required: Mouse port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8741)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8803)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8804)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8811)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8814)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8816)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8819)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8823)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8826)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8838)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8841) Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: 3-Button Mouse
  • Attributes required: Keyboard with Mouse Attachment Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • For 7038-6M2: (#8845)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: )
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Monitor
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9004)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9172) Power Specify, AC

This feature specifies AC power for the system CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and primary I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: AC power specify
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9172)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9581) RIO-2 Enablement Indicator, Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of April 27, 2007)

This feature indicates that the system supports RIO-2 Remote I/O speed.

  • Attributes provided: Enablement of RIO-2 Remote I/O speed
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9581)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: As of June 2, 2003, all new system orders must include feature 9581 in the initial configuration.

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9800) Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada

The following countries use the #9800 power cord to power the system unit and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord.

  • DOM U.S.
  • 649 CANADA
  • 832 SAUDI ARABIA
  • 619 BAHAMAS
  • 621 BARBADOS
  • 627 BERMUDA
  • 629 BOLIVIA
  • 631 BRAZIL
  • 661 COLOMBIA
  • 663 COSTA RICA
  • 681 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
  • 683 ECUADOR
  • 829 EL SALVADOR
  • 731 GUATEMALA
  • 640 GUYANA
  • 735 HONDURAS
  • 759 JAMAICA
  • 781 MEXICO
  • 791 NETHERLANDS ANTILLES
  • 811 PANAMA
  • 843 SURINAM
  • 859 TRINIDAD
  • 871 VENEZUELA
  • 760 JAPAN
  • 761 JAPAN (PDS)
  • 766 KOREA
  • 818 PHILIPPINES
  • 858 TAIWAN
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9802) Power Cord Specify - Brazil (125V, 15A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9820) Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9821) Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9825) Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9827) Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9828) Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9828)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9829) Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9830) Power Cord Specify - Italy/Chile (250V, 10A and 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9831) Power Cord Specify - Australia/New Zealand/Argentina (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9831)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9833) Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9834) Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9901) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Belgium Finland, France (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9901)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9902) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Denmark (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9902)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9903) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- U.K. and Others (250V, 13A)

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9903)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9904) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Israel (250V, 6-16A)

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9904)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9905) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Switzerland (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9905)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9906) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- India, Pakistan, S. Africa (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9906)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9907) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9907)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9908) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Australia/New Zealand/Argentina (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9908)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9909) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- Thailand (250V, 15A)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9909)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9911) Power Cord (4M) Specify -- All (Standard rack power cord)

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7038-6M2: (#9911)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Feature Exchanges

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer Replacement Parts

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine Elements

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental Media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 © IBM Corporation 2011.
Back to topBack to top